diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/Chart.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/Chart.yaml index 0e8b352854a..c667ae7792c 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/Chart.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/Chart.yaml @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ sources: - https://github.com/truecharts/containers/tree/master/apps/scratch - https://traefik.io/ type: application -version: 3.2.1 +version: 3.2.2 diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/gateway-standard-install-v1.1.0.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/gateway-standard-install-v1.1.0.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fcb65e66f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/gateway-standard-install-v1.1.0.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,13478 @@ +# Copyright 2024 The Kubernetes Authors. +# +# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +# You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +# limitations under the License. + +# +# Gateway API Standard channel install +# +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/2997 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.1.0 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GatewayClass + listKind: GatewayClassList + plural: gatewayclasses + shortNames: + - gc + singular: gatewayclass + scope: Cluster + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + + If the referent cannot be found, the GatewayClass's "InvalidParameters" + status condition will be true. + + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Waiting + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct is intended for + direct use as an array at the field path .status.conditions. For + example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus struct{\n\t // Represents the + observations of a foo's current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type + are: \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // +listType=map\n\t + \ // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" + patchStrategy:\"merge\" patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + + If the referent cannot be found, the GatewayClass's "InvalidParameters" + status condition will be true. + + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Waiting + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct is intended for + direct use as an array at the field path .status.conditions. For + example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus struct{\n\t // Represents the + observations of a foo's current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type + are: \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // +listType=map\n\t + \ // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" + patchStrategy:\"merge\" patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/2997 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.1.0 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: Gateway + listKind: GatewayList + plural: gateways + shortNames: + - gtw + singular: gateway + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + + Support: Extended + + + items: + description: GatewayAddress describes an address that can be bound + to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on their + targeted conformance profile: + + + HTTP Profile + + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + + TLS Profile + + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + + The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener. When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + + For example, the following Listener scenarios are distinct: + + + 1. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that all use the "HTTP" + Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 2. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that use either the "HTTPS" or + "TLS" Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 3. A mixture of "TCP" and "UDP" Protocol Listeners, where no Listener + with the same Protocol has the same Port value. + + + Some fields in the Listener struct have possible values that affect + whether the Listener is distinct. Hostname is particularly relevant + for HTTP or HTTPS protocols. + + + When using the Hostname value to select between same-Port, same-Protocol + Listeners, the Hostname value must be different on each Listener for the + Listener to be distinct. + + + When the Listeners are distinct based on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + + Exact matches must be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches must be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are Conflicted, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. To put this another way, implementations may + accept a partial Listener set only if they throw out *all* the conflicting + Listeners. No picking one of the conflicting listeners as the winner. + This also means that the Gateway must have at least one non-conflicting + Listener in this case, otherwise it violates the requirement that at + least one Listener must be present. + + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered "compatible" if: + + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + + Note that requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. For example, if + Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation". Implementations that do + not support Listener Isolation MUST clearly document this. + + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match at both the TLS and HTTP + protocol layers as described above. If an implementation does not + ensure that both the SNI and Host header match the Listener hostname, + it MUST clearly document that. + + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zSA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + + + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + + Known condition types are: + + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct is intended for + direct use as an array at the field path .status.conditions. For + example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus struct{\n\t // Represents the + observations of a foo's current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type + are: \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // +listType=map\n\t + \ // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" + patchStrategy:\"merge\" patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct + is intended for direct use as an array at the field path + .status.conditions. For example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus + struct{\n\t // Represents the observations of a foo's + current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type are: + \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // + +listType=map\n\t // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions + []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" patchStrategy:\"merge\" + patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + + Support: Extended + + + items: + description: GatewayAddress describes an address that can be bound + to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on their + targeted conformance profile: + + + HTTP Profile + + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + + TLS Profile + + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + + The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener. When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + + For example, the following Listener scenarios are distinct: + + + 1. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that all use the "HTTP" + Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 2. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that use either the "HTTPS" or + "TLS" Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 3. A mixture of "TCP" and "UDP" Protocol Listeners, where no Listener + with the same Protocol has the same Port value. + + + Some fields in the Listener struct have possible values that affect + whether the Listener is distinct. Hostname is particularly relevant + for HTTP or HTTPS protocols. + + + When using the Hostname value to select between same-Port, same-Protocol + Listeners, the Hostname value must be different on each Listener for the + Listener to be distinct. + + + When the Listeners are distinct based on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + + Exact matches must be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches must be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are Conflicted, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. To put this another way, implementations may + accept a partial Listener set only if they throw out *all* the conflicting + Listeners. No picking one of the conflicting listeners as the winner. + This also means that the Gateway must have at least one non-conflicting + Listener in this case, otherwise it violates the requirement that at + least one Listener must be present. + + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered "compatible" if: + + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + + Note that requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. For example, if + Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation". Implementations that do + not support Listener Isolation MUST clearly document this. + + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match at both the TLS and HTTP + protocol layers as described above. If an implementation does not + ensure that both the SNI and Host header match the Listener hostname, + it MUST clearly document that. + + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zSA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + + + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + + Known condition types are: + + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct is intended for + direct use as an array at the field path .status.conditions. For + example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus struct{\n\t // Represents the + observations of a foo's current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type + are: \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // +listType=map\n\t + \ // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" + patchStrategy:\"merge\" patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct + is intended for direct use as an array at the field path + .status.conditions. For example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus + struct{\n\t // Represents the observations of a foo's + current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type are: + \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // + +listType=map\n\t // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions + []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" patchStrategy:\"merge\" + patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/2997 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.1.0 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GRPCRoute + listKind: GRPCRouteList + plural: grpcroutes + singular: grpcroute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header. + Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify + where matching requests will be routed. + + + GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the + following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation + supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an + implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement + unless explicitly indicated. + + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST + accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via + ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the + "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of + "UnsupportedProtocol". Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections + with an upgrade from HTTP/1. + + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST + support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c, + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial + upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge + (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation + does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False" + for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol". + Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from + HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC + Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label MUST appear by itself as the first label. + + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there + MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other + hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match. + + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any + GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match. + + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by + the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition + with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + + If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a + Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other + type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is + non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two + routes, determined by the following criteria, in order: + + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + + The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of + 'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + parentRefs: + description: |+ + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + + Some examples: + + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + + + + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + + See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + GRPCBackendRef invalid. + + + When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |+ + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + + The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified. + This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage. + + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support + GRPCRoute. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + + If an implementation can not support a combination of filters, it must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |+ + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + matches: + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + + ``` + matches: + - method: + service: foo.bar + headers: + values: + version: 2 + - method: + service: foo.bar.v2 + ``` + + + For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + + - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2` + - service of foo.bar.v2 + + + See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions to be ANDed together. + + + If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request. + + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes + MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes. + Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of: + + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + * Characters in a matching service. + * Characters in a matching method. + * Header matches. + + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + + If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence, + matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting + the above criteria. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given + action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will + evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied. + + + For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service + is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header: + + + ``` + matches: + - method: + type: Exact + service: "foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value "v1" + + + ``` + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched. + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: Type specifies how to match against + the value of the header. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is + not specified, all services and methods will match. + properties: + method: + description: |- + Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match all services. + + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + service: + description: |- + Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match any service. + + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method. + Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be + specified + rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method) + : true' + - message: service must only contain valid characters + (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""): + true' + - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching + ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""): + true' + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + + * The Route refers to a non-existent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct + is intended for direct use as an array at the field path + .status.conditions. For example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus + struct{\n\t // Represents the observations of a foo's + current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type are: + \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // + +listType=map\n\t // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions + []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" patchStrategy:\"merge\" + patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + required: + - parents + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - deprecated: true + deprecationWarning: The v1alpha2 version of GRPCRoute has been deprecated and + will be removed in a future release of the API. Please upgrade to v1. + name: v1alpha2 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header. + Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify + where matching requests will be routed. + + + GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the + following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation + supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an + implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement + unless explicitly indicated. + + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST + accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via + ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the + "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of + "UnsupportedProtocol". Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections + with an upgrade from HTTP/1. + + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST + support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c, + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial + upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge + (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation + does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False" + for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol". + Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from + HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC + Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label MUST appear by itself as the first label. + + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there + MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other + hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match. + + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any + GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match. + + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by + the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition + with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + + If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a + Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other + type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is + non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two + routes, determined by the following criteria, in order: + + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + + The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of + 'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + parentRefs: + description: |+ + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + + Some examples: + + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + + + + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + + See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + GRPCBackendRef invalid. + + + When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |+ + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + + The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified. + This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage. + + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support + GRPCRoute. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + + If an implementation can not support a combination of filters, it must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |+ + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + matches: + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + + ``` + matches: + - method: + service: foo.bar + headers: + values: + version: 2 + - method: + service: foo.bar.v2 + ``` + + + For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + + - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2` + - service of foo.bar.v2 + + + See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions to be ANDed together. + + + If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request. + + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes + MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes. + Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of: + + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + * Characters in a matching service. + * Characters in a matching method. + * Header matches. + + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + + If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence, + matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting + the above criteria. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given + action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will + evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied. + + + For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service + is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header: + + + ``` + matches: + - method: + type: Exact + service: "foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value "v1" + + + ``` + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched. + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: Type specifies how to match against + the value of the header. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is + not specified, all services and methods will match. + properties: + method: + description: |- + Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match all services. + + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + service: + description: |- + Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match any service. + + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method. + Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be + specified + rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method) + : true' + - message: service must only contain valid characters + (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""): + true' + - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching + ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""): + true' + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + + * The Route refers to a non-existent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct + is intended for direct use as an array at the field path + .status.conditions. For example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus + struct{\n\t // Represents the observations of a foo's + current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type are: + \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // + +listType=map\n\t // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions + []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" patchStrategy:\"merge\" + patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + required: + - parents + type: object + type: object + served: false + storage: false +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/2997 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.1.0 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: HTTPRoute + listKind: HTTPRouteList + plural: httproutes + singular: httproute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + parentRefs: + description: |+ + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + + Some examples: + + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + + + + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that can not be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation can not support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\n\nFor example, + the match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + + Support: Core (Exact) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + + * The Route refers to a non-existent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct + is intended for direct use as an array at the field path + .status.conditions. For example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus + struct{\n\t // Represents the observations of a foo's + current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type are: + \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // + +listType=map\n\t // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions + []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" patchStrategy:\"merge\" + patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + parentRefs: + description: |+ + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + + Some examples: + + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + + + + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that can not be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation can not support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |- + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + -------------|--------------|----------------|---------- + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz | /xyz/bar + /foo/bar | /foo/ | /xyz/ | /xyz/bar + /foo | /foo | /xyz | /xyz + /foo/ | /foo | /xyz | /xyz/ + /foo/bar | /foo | | /bar + /foo/ | /foo | | / + /foo | /foo | | / + /foo/ | /foo | / | / + /foo | /foo | / | / + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\n\nFor example, + the match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + + Support: Core (Exact) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + + * The Route refers to a non-existent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: "Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource.\n---\nThis struct + is intended for direct use as an array at the field path + .status.conditions. For example,\n\n\n\ttype FooStatus + struct{\n\t // Represents the observations of a foo's + current state.\n\t // Known .status.conditions.type are: + \"Available\", \"Progressing\", and \"Degraded\"\n\t // + +patchMergeKey=type\n\t // +patchStrategy=merge\n\t // + +listType=map\n\t // +listMapKey=type\n\t Conditions + []metav1.Condition `json:\"conditions,omitempty\" patchStrategy:\"merge\" + patchMergeKey:\"type\" protobuf:\"bytes,1,rep,name=conditions\"`\n\n\n\t + \ // other fields\n\t}" + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: |- + type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + --- + Many .condition.type values are consistent across resources like Available, but because arbitrary conditions can be + useful (see .node.status.conditions), the ability to deconflict is important. + The regex it matches is (dns1123SubdomainFmt/)?(qualifiedNameFmt) + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/2997 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.1.0 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: ReferenceGrant + listKind: ReferenceGrantList + plural: referencegrants + shortNames: + - refgrant + singular: referencegrant + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + deprecated: true + deprecationWarning: The v1alpha2 version of ReferenceGrant has been deprecated + and will be removed in a future release of the API. Please upgrade to v1beta1. + name: v1alpha2 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are + trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace + as the policy. + + + Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship. + Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted + sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within. + + + A ReferenceGrant is required for all cross-namespace references in Gateway API + (with the exception of cross-namespace Route-Gateway attachment, which is + governed by the AllowedRoutes configuration on the Gateway, and cross-namespace + Service ParentRefs on a "consumer" mesh Route, which defines routing rules + applicable only to workloads in the Route namespace). ReferenceGrants allowing + a reference from a Route to a Service are only applicable to BackendRefs. + + + ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert + which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that + support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have + no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access + that the grant allowed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant. + properties: + from: + description: |- + From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the + resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered + to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put + this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and + kinds. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field. + + + When used to permit a SecretObjectReference: + + + * Gateway + + + When used to permit a BackendObjectReference: + + + * GRPCRoute + * HTTPRoute + * TCPRoute + * TLSRoute + * UDPRoute + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - namespace + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + to: + description: |- + To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources + described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an + additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another + way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the + references. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field: + + + * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference + * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy + refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local + namespace. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - from + - to + type: object + type: object + served: false + storage: false + subresources: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are + trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace + as the policy. + + + Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship. + Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted + sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within. + + + All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace + Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant. + + + ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert + which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that + support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have + no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access + that the grant allowed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant. + properties: + from: + description: |- + From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the + resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered + to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put + this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and + kinds. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field. + + + When used to permit a SecretObjectReference: + + + * Gateway + + + When used to permit a BackendObjectReference: + + + * GRPCRoute + * HTTPRoute + * TCPRoute + * TLSRoute + * UDPRoute + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - namespace + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + to: + description: |- + To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources + described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an + additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another + way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the + references. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field: + + + * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference + * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy + refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local + namespace. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - from + - to + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_accesscontrolpolicies.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_accesscontrolpolicies.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..821f969b676 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_accesscontrolpolicies.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: accesscontrolpolicies.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: AccessControlPolicy + listKind: AccessControlPolicyList + plural: accesscontrolpolicies + singular: accesscontrolpolicy + scope: Cluster + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: AccessControlPolicy defines an access control policy. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: AccessControlPolicySpec configures an access control policy. + properties: + apiKey: + description: AccessControlPolicyAPIKey configure an APIKey control + policy. + properties: + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: ForwardHeaders instructs the middleware to forward + key metadata as header values upon successful authentication. + type: object + keySource: + description: KeySource defines how to extract API keys from requests. + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie is the name of a cookie. + type: string + header: + description: Header is the name of a header. + type: string + headerAuthScheme: + description: |- + HeaderAuthScheme sets an optional auth scheme when Header is set to "Authorization". + If set, this scheme is removed from the token, and all requests not including it are dropped. + type: string + query: + description: Query is the name of a query parameter. + type: string + type: object + keys: + description: Keys define the set of authorized keys to access + a protected resource. + items: + description: AccessControlPolicyAPIKeyKey defines an API key. + properties: + id: + description: ID is the unique identifier of the key. + type: string + metadata: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Metadata holds arbitrary metadata for this + key, can be used by ForwardHeaders. + type: object + value: + description: Value is the SHAKE-256 hash (using 64 bytes) + of the API key. + type: string + required: + - id + - value + type: object + type: array + required: + - keySource + type: object + basicAuth: + description: AccessControlPolicyBasicAuth holds the HTTP basic authentication + configuration. + properties: + forwardUsernameHeader: + type: string + realm: + type: string + stripAuthorizationHeader: + type: boolean + users: + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + jwt: + description: AccessControlPolicyJWT configures a JWT access control + policy. + properties: + claims: + type: string + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + jwksFile: + type: string + jwksUrl: + type: string + publicKey: + type: string + signingSecret: + type: string + signingSecretBase64Encoded: + type: boolean + stripAuthorizationHeader: + type: boolean + tokenQueryKey: + type: string + type: object + oAuthIntro: + description: AccessControlOAuthIntro configures an OAuth 2.0 Token + Introspection access control policy. + properties: + claims: + type: string + clientConfig: + description: AccessControlOAuthIntroClientConfig configures the + OAuth 2.0 client for issuing token introspection requests. + properties: + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers to set when sending requests to the Authorization + Server. + type: object + maxRetries: + default: 3 + description: MaxRetries defines the number of retries for + introspection requests. + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + default: 5 + description: TimeoutSeconds configures the maximum amount + of seconds to wait before giving up on requests. + type: integer + tls: + description: TLS configures TLS communication with the Authorization + Server. + properties: + ca: + description: CA sets the CA bundle used to sign the Authorization + Server certificate. + type: string + insecureSkipVerify: + description: |- + InsecureSkipVerify skips the Authorization Server certificate validation. + For testing purposes only, do not use in production. + type: boolean + type: object + tokenTypeHint: + description: |- + TokenTypeHint is a hint to pass to the Authorization Server. + See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7662#section-2.1 for more information. + type: string + url: + description: URL of the Authorization Server. + type: string + required: + - url + type: object + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + tokenSource: + description: |- + TokenSource describes how to extract tokens from HTTP requests. + If multiple sources are set, the order is the following: header > query > cookie. + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie is the name of a cookie. + type: string + header: + description: Header is the name of a header. + type: string + headerAuthScheme: + description: |- + HeaderAuthScheme sets an optional auth scheme when Header is set to "Authorization". + If set, this scheme is removed from the token, and all requests not including it are dropped. + type: string + query: + description: Query is the name of a query parameter. + type: string + type: object + required: + - clientConfig + - tokenSource + type: object + oidc: + description: AccessControlPolicyOIDC holds the OIDC authentication + configuration. + properties: + authParams: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + claims: + type: string + clientId: + type: string + disableAuthRedirectionPaths: + items: + type: string + type: array + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + issuer: + type: string + logoutUrl: + type: string + redirectUrl: + type: string + scopes: + items: + type: string + type: array + secret: + description: |- + SecretReference represents a Secret Reference. It has enough information to retrieve secret + in any namespace + properties: + name: + description: name is unique within a namespace to reference + a secret resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: namespace defines the space within which the + secret name must be unique. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + session: + description: Session holds session configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + refresh: + type: boolean + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + stateCookie: + description: StateCookie holds state cookie configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + oidcGoogle: + description: AccessControlPolicyOIDCGoogle holds the Google OIDC authentication + configuration. + properties: + authParams: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + clientId: + type: string + emails: + description: Emails are the allowed emails to connect. + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + logoutUrl: + type: string + redirectUrl: + type: string + secret: + description: |- + SecretReference represents a Secret Reference. It has enough information to retrieve secret + in any namespace + properties: + name: + description: name is unique within a namespace to reference + a secret resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: namespace defines the space within which the + secret name must be unique. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + session: + description: Session holds session configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + refresh: + type: boolean + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + stateCookie: + description: StateCookie holds state cookie configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this access control policy. + properties: + specHash: + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiaccesses.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiaccesses.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee8ecaf4e0f --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiaccesses.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: apiaccesses.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIAccess + listKind: APIAccessList + plural: apiaccesses + singular: apiaccess + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIAccess defines who can access to a set of APIs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIAccess. + properties: + apiBundles: + description: |- + APIBundles defines a set of APIBundle that will be accessible to the configured audience. + Multiple APIAccesses can select the same APIBundles. + items: + description: APIBundleReference references an APIBundle. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIBundle. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apiBundles + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + apiPlan: + description: APIPlan defines which APIPlan will be used. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIPlan. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + apiSelector: + description: |- + APISelector selects the APIs that will be accessible to the configured audience. + Multiple APIAccesses can select the same set of APIs. + This field is optional and follows standard label selector semantics. + An empty APISelector matches any API. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + apis: + description: |- + APIs defines a set of APIs that will be accessible to the configured audience. + Multiple APIAccesses can select the same APIs. + When combined with APISelector, this set of APIs is appended to the matching APIs. + items: + description: APIReference references an API. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the API. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apis + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + everyone: + description: Everyone indicates that all users will have access to + the selected APIs. + type: boolean + groups: + description: Groups are the consumer groups that will gain access + to the selected APIs. + items: + type: string + type: array + operationFilter: + description: |- + OperationFilter specifies the allowed operations on APIs and APIVersions. + If not set, all operations are available. + An empty OperationFilter prohibits all operations. + properties: + include: + description: Include defines the names of OperationSets that will + be accessible. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 100 + type: array + type: object + weight: + description: Weight specifies the evaluation order of the plan. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: groups and everyone are mutually exclusive + rule: '(has(self.everyone) && has(self.groups)) ? !(self.everyone && + self.groups.size() > 0) : true' + status: + description: The current status of this APIAccess. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIAccess. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apibundles.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apibundles.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a45a0b137bd --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apibundles.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: apibundles.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIBundle + listKind: APIBundleList + plural: apibundles + singular: apibundle + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIBundle defines a set of APIs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIBundle. + properties: + apiSelector: + description: |- + APISelector selects the APIs that will be accessible to the configured audience. + Multiple APIBundles can select the same set of APIs. + This field is optional and follows standard label selector semantics. + An empty APISelector matches any API. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + apis: + description: |- + APIs defines a set of APIs that will be accessible to the configured audience. + Multiple APIBundles can select the same APIs. + When combined with APISelector, this set of APIs is appended to the matching APIs. + items: + description: APIReference references an API. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the API. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apis + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIBundle. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIBundle. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiplans.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiplans.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92e1b9b5c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiplans.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: apiplans.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIPlan + listKind: APIPlanList + plural: apiplans + singular: apiplan + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIPlan defines API Plan policy. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIPlan. + properties: + description: + description: Description describes the plan. + type: string + quota: + description: Quota defines the quota policy. + properties: + limit: + description: Limit is the maximum number of token in the bucket. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + period: + description: Period is the unit of time for the Limit. + format: duration + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be between 1s and 9999h + rule: self >= duration('1s') && self <= duration('9999h') + required: + - limit + type: object + rateLimit: + description: RateLimit defines the rate limit policy. + properties: + limit: + description: Limit is the maximum number of token in the bucket. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + period: + description: Period is the unit of time for the Limit. + format: duration + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be between 1s and 1h + rule: self >= duration('1s') && self <= duration('1h') + required: + - limit + type: object + title: + description: Title is the human-readable name of the plan. + type: string + required: + - title + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIPlan. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIPlan. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiportals.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiportals.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc04170169c --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiportals.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: apiportals.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIPortal + listKind: APIPortalList + plural: apiportals + singular: apiportal + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIPortal defines a developer portal for accessing the documentation + of APIs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIPortal. + properties: + description: + description: Description of the APIPortal. + type: string + title: + description: Title is the public facing name of the APIPortal. + type: string + trustedUrls: + description: TrustedURLs are the urls that are trusted by the OAuth + 2.0 authorization server. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 1 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URLs + rule: self.all(x, isURL(x)) + ui: + description: UI holds the UI customization options. + properties: + logoUrl: + description: LogoURL is the public URL of the logo. + type: string + type: object + required: + - trustedUrls + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIPortal. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIPortal. + type: string + oidc: + description: OIDC is the OIDC configuration for accessing the exposed + APIPortal WebUI. + properties: + clientId: + description: ClientID is the OIDC ClientID for accessing the exposed + APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + companyClaim: + description: CompanyClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user company. + type: string + emailClaim: + description: EmailClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user email. + type: string + firstnameClaim: + description: FirstnameClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user firstname. + type: string + generic: + description: Generic indicates whether or not the APIPortal authentication + relies on Generic OIDC. + type: boolean + groupsClaim: + description: GroupsClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user groups. + type: string + issuer: + description: Issuer is the OIDC issuer for accessing the exposed + APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + lastnameClaim: + description: LastnameClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user lastname. + type: string + scopes: + description: Scopes is the OIDC scopes for getting user attributes + during the authentication to the exposed APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the secret containing the + OIDC ClientSecret for accessing the exposed APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + syncedAttributes: + description: SyncedAttributes configure the user attributes to + sync. + items: + type: string + type: array + userIdClaim: + description: UserIDClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user ID. + type: string + type: object + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiratelimits.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiratelimits.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e328d3c546 --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiratelimits.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: apiratelimits.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIRateLimit + listKind: APIRateLimitList + plural: apiratelimits + singular: apiratelimit + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIRateLimit defines how group of consumers are rate limited + on a set of APIs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIRateLimit. + properties: + apiSelector: + description: |- + APISelector selects the APIs that will be rate limited. + Multiple APIRateLimits can select the same set of APIs. + This field is optional and follows standard label selector semantics. + An empty APISelector matches any API. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + apis: + description: |- + APIs defines a set of APIs that will be rate limited. + Multiple APIRateLimits can select the same APIs. + When combined with APISelector, this set of APIs is appended to the matching APIs. + items: + description: APIReference references an API. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the API. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apis + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + everyone: + description: |- + Everyone indicates that all users will, by default, be rate limited with this configuration. + If an APIRateLimit explicitly target a group, the default rate limit will be ignored. + type: boolean + groups: + description: |- + Groups are the consumer groups that will be rate limited. + Multiple APIRateLimits can target the same set of consumer groups, the most restrictive one applies. + When a consumer belongs to multiple groups, the least restrictive APIRateLimit applies. + items: + type: string + type: array + limit: + description: Limit is the maximum number of token in the bucket. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + period: + description: Period is the unit of time for the Limit. + format: duration + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be between 1s and 1h + rule: self >= duration('1s') && self <= duration('1h') + strategy: + description: |- + Strategy defines how the bucket state will be synchronized between the different Traefik Hub instances. + It can be, either "local" or "distributed". + enum: + - local + - distributed + type: string + required: + - limit + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: groups and everyone are mutually exclusive + rule: '(has(self.everyone) && has(self.groups)) ? !(self.everyone && + self.groups.size() > 0) : true' + status: + description: The current status of this APIRateLimit. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIRateLimit. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apis.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apis.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a7b9e5e600f --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apis.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: apis.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: API + listKind: APIList + plural: apis + singular: api + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + API defines an HTTP interface that is exposed to external clients. It specifies the supported versions + and provides instructions for accessing its documentation. Once instantiated, an API object is associated + with an Ingress, IngressRoute, or HTTPRoute resource, enabling the exposure of the described API to the outside world. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: APISpec describes the API. + properties: + openApiSpec: + description: OpenAPISpec defines the API contract as an OpenAPI specification. + properties: + operationSets: + description: OperationSets defines the sets of operations to be + referenced for granular filtering in APIAccesses. + items: + description: |- + OperationSet gives a name to a set of matching OpenAPI operations. + This set of operations can then be referenced for granular filtering in APIAccesses. + properties: + matchers: + description: Matchers defines a list of alternative rules + for matching OpenAPI operations. + items: + description: OperationMatcher defines criteria for matching + an OpenAPI operation. + minProperties: 1 + properties: + methods: + description: Methods specifies the HTTP methods to + be included for selection. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 10 + type: array + path: + description: Path specifies the exact path of the + operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathPrefix: + description: PathPrefix specifies the path prefix + of the operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathRegex: + description: PathRegex specifies a regular expression + pattern for matching operations based on their paths. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path, pathPrefix and pathRegex are mutually + exclusive + rule: '[has(self.path), has(self.pathPrefix), has(self.pathRegex)].filter(x, + x).size() <= 1' + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + name: + description: Name is the name of the OperationSet to reference + in APIAccesses. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - matchers + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + override: + description: Override holds data used to override OpenAPI specification. + properties: + servers: + items: + properties: + url: + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + required: + - url + type: object + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - servers + type: object + path: + description: |- + Path specifies the endpoint path within the Kubernetes Service where the OpenAPI specification can be obtained. + The Service queried is determined by the associated Ingress, IngressRoute, or HTTPRoute resource to which the API is attached. + It's important to note that this option is incompatible if the Ingress or IngressRoute specifies multiple backend services. + The Path must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + url: + description: |- + URL is a Traefik Hub agent accessible URL for obtaining the OpenAPI specification. + The URL must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path or url must be defined + rule: has(self.path) || has(self.url) + versions: + description: Versions are the different APIVersions available. + items: + description: APIVersionRef references an APIVersion. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIVersion. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this API. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the API. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiversions.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiversions.yaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..97184effeee --- /dev/null +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiversions.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + name: apiversions.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIVersion + listKind: APIVersionList + plural: apiversions + singular: apiversion + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.title + name: Title + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.release + name: Release + type: string + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIVersion defines a version of an API. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIVersion. + properties: + openApiSpec: + description: OpenAPISpec defines the API contract as an OpenAPI specification. + properties: + operationSets: + description: OperationSets defines the sets of operations to be + referenced for granular filtering in APIAccesses. + items: + description: |- + OperationSet gives a name to a set of matching OpenAPI operations. + This set of operations can then be referenced for granular filtering in APIAccesses. + properties: + matchers: + description: Matchers defines a list of alternative rules + for matching OpenAPI operations. + items: + description: OperationMatcher defines criteria for matching + an OpenAPI operation. + minProperties: 1 + properties: + methods: + description: Methods specifies the HTTP methods to + be included for selection. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 10 + type: array + path: + description: Path specifies the exact path of the + operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathPrefix: + description: PathPrefix specifies the path prefix + of the operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathRegex: + description: PathRegex specifies a regular expression + pattern for matching operations based on their paths. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path, pathPrefix and pathRegex are mutually + exclusive + rule: '[has(self.path), has(self.pathPrefix), has(self.pathRegex)].filter(x, + x).size() <= 1' + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + name: + description: Name is the name of the OperationSet to reference + in APIAccesses. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - matchers + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + override: + description: Override holds data used to override OpenAPI specification. + properties: + servers: + items: + properties: + url: + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + required: + - url + type: object + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - servers + type: object + path: + description: |- + Path specifies the endpoint path within the Kubernetes Service where the OpenAPI specification can be obtained. + The Service queried is determined by the associated Ingress, IngressRoute, or HTTPRoute resource to which the API is attached. + It's important to note that this option is incompatible if the Ingress or IngressRoute specifies multiple backend services. + The Path must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + url: + description: |- + URL is a Traefik Hub agent accessible URL for obtaining the OpenAPI specification. + The URL must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path or url must be defined + rule: has(self.path) || has(self.url) + release: + description: |- + Release is the version number of the API. + This value must follow the SemVer format: https://semver.org/ + maxLength: 100 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid semver version + rule: self.matches(r"""^v?(0|[1-9]\d*)\.(0|[1-9]\d*)\.(0|[1-9]\d*)(?:-((?:0|[1-9]\d*|\d*[a-zA-Z-][0-9a-zA-Z-]*)(?:\.(?:0|[1-9]\d*|\d*[a-zA-Z-][0-9a-zA-Z-]*))*))?(?:\+([0-9a-zA-Z-]+(?:\.[0-9a-zA-Z-]+)*))?$""") + title: + description: Title is the public facing name of the APIVersion. + type: string + required: + - release + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIVersion. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIVersion. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: {} diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressroutes.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressroutes.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 31f9791db08..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressroutes.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,287 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: ingressroutes.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: IngressRoute - listKind: IngressRouteList - plural: ingressroutes - singular: ingressroute - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: IngressRoute is the CRD implementation of a Traefik HTTP Router. - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: IngressRouteSpec defines the desired state of IngressRoute. - properties: - entryPoints: - description: |- - EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. - Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/entrypoints/ - Default: all. - items: - type: string - type: array - routes: - description: Routes defines the list of routes. - items: - description: Route holds the HTTP route configuration. - properties: - kind: - description: |- - Kind defines the kind of the route. - Rule is the only supported kind. - enum: - - Rule - type: string - match: - description: |- - Match defines the router's rule. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#rule - type: string - middlewares: - description: |- - Middlewares defines the list of references to Middleware resources. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-middleware - items: - description: MiddlewareRef is a reference to a Middleware - resource. - properties: - name: - description: Name defines the name of the referenced Middleware - resource. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Middleware resource. - type: string - required: - - name - type: object - type: array - priority: - description: |- - Priority defines the router's priority. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#priority - type: integer - services: - description: |- - Services defines the list of Service. - It can contain any combination of TraefikService and/or reference to a Kubernetes Service. - items: - description: Service defines an upstream HTTP service to proxy - traffic to. - properties: - kind: - description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. - enum: - - Service - - TraefikService - type: string - name: - description: |- - Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - type: string - nativeLB: - description: |- - NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, - whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. - The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. - By default, NativeLB is false. - type: boolean - passHostHeader: - description: |- - PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - By default, passHostHeader is true. - type: boolean - port: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. - This can be a reference to a named port. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - responseForwarding: - description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards - the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to - the client. - properties: - flushInterval: - description: |- - FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. - A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. - This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; - for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. - Default: 100ms - type: string - type: object - scheme: - description: |- - Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. - type: string - serversTransport: - description: |- - ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. - It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. - Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. - type: string - sticky: - description: |- - Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions - properties: - cookie: - description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. - properties: - httpOnly: - description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie - can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as - JavaScript. - type: boolean - name: - description: Name defines the Cookie name. - type: string - sameSite: - description: |- - SameSite defines the same site policy. - More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite - type: string - secure: - description: Secure defines whether the cookie - can only be transmitted over an encrypted connection - (i.e. HTTPS). - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - strategy: - description: |- - Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. - RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. - type: string - weight: - description: |- - Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object - (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). - type: integer - required: - - name - type: object - type: array - required: - - kind - - match - type: object - type: array - tls: - description: |- - TLS defines the TLS configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#tls - properties: - certResolver: - description: |- - CertResolver defines the name of the certificate resolver to use. - Cert resolvers have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers - type: string - domains: - description: |- - Domains defines the list of domains that will be used to issue certificates. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#domains - items: - description: Domain holds a domain name with SANs. - properties: - main: - description: Main defines the main domain name. - type: string - sans: - description: SANs defines the subject alternative domain - names. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - type: array - options: - description: |- - Options defines the reference to a TLSOption, that specifies the parameters of the TLS connection. - If not defined, the `default` TLSOption is used. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#tls-options - properties: - name: - description: |- - Name defines the name of the referenced TLSOption. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption - type: string - namespace: - description: |- - Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced TLSOption. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption - type: string - required: - - name - type: object - secretName: - description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes - Secret to specify the certificate details. - type: string - store: - description: |- - Store defines the reference to the TLSStore, that will be used to store certificates. - Please note that only `default` TLSStore can be used. - properties: - name: - description: |- - Name defines the name of the referenced TLSStore. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore - type: string - namespace: - description: |- - Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced TLSStore. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore - type: string - required: - - name - type: object - type: object - required: - - routes - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressroutetcps.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressroutetcps.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index e8356112f6a..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressroutetcps.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: ingressroutetcps.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: IngressRouteTCP - listKind: IngressRouteTCPList - plural: ingressroutetcps - singular: ingressroutetcp - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: IngressRouteTCP is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TCP Router. - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: IngressRouteTCPSpec defines the desired state of IngressRouteTCP. - properties: - entryPoints: - description: |- - EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. - Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/entrypoints/ - Default: all. - items: - type: string - type: array - routes: - description: Routes defines the list of routes. - items: - description: RouteTCP holds the TCP route configuration. - properties: - match: - description: |- - Match defines the router's rule. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#rule_1 - type: string - middlewares: - description: Middlewares defines the list of references to MiddlewareTCP - resources. - items: - description: ObjectReference is a generic reference to a Traefik - resource. - properties: - name: - description: Name defines the name of the referenced Traefik - resource. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Traefik resource. - type: string - required: - - name - type: object - type: array - priority: - description: |- - Priority defines the router's priority. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#priority_1 - type: integer - services: - description: Services defines the list of TCP services. - items: - description: ServiceTCP defines an upstream TCP service to - proxy traffic to. - properties: - name: - description: Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes - Service. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Kubernetes Service. - type: string - nativeLB: - description: |- - NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, - whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. - The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. - By default, NativeLB is false. - type: boolean - port: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. - This can be a reference to a named port. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - proxyProtocol: - description: |- - ProxyProtocol defines the PROXY protocol configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#proxy-protocol - properties: - version: - description: Version defines the PROXY Protocol version - to use. - type: integer - type: object - terminationDelay: - description: |- - TerminationDelay defines the deadline that the proxy sets, after one of its connected peers indicates - it has closed the writing capability of its connection, to close the reading capability as well, - hence fully terminating the connection. - It is a duration in milliseconds, defaulting to 100. - A negative value means an infinite deadline (i.e. the reading capability is never closed). - type: integer - weight: - description: Weight defines the weight used when balancing - requests between multiple Kubernetes Service. - type: integer - required: - - name - - port - type: object - type: array - required: - - match - type: object - type: array - tls: - description: |- - TLS defines the TLS configuration on a layer 4 / TCP Route. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#tls_1 - properties: - certResolver: - description: |- - CertResolver defines the name of the certificate resolver to use. - Cert resolvers have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers - type: string - domains: - description: |- - Domains defines the list of domains that will be used to issue certificates. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#domains - items: - description: Domain holds a domain name with SANs. - properties: - main: - description: Main defines the main domain name. - type: string - sans: - description: SANs defines the subject alternative domain - names. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - type: array - options: - description: |- - Options defines the reference to a TLSOption, that specifies the parameters of the TLS connection. - If not defined, the `default` TLSOption is used. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#tls-options - properties: - name: - description: Name defines the name of the referenced Traefik - resource. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Traefik resource. - type: string - required: - - name - type: object - passthrough: - description: Passthrough defines whether a TLS router will terminate - the TLS connection. - type: boolean - secretName: - description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes - Secret to specify the certificate details. - type: string - store: - description: |- - Store defines the reference to the TLSStore, that will be used to store certificates. - Please note that only `default` TLSStore can be used. - properties: - name: - description: Name defines the name of the referenced Traefik - resource. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Traefik resource. - type: string - required: - - name - type: object - type: object - required: - - routes - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressrouteudps.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressrouteudps.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index ac3f3b17ee6..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_ingressrouteudps.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: ingressrouteudps.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: IngressRouteUDP - listKind: IngressRouteUDPList - plural: ingressrouteudps - singular: ingressrouteudp - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: IngressRouteUDP is a CRD implementation of a Traefik UDP Router. - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: IngressRouteUDPSpec defines the desired state of a IngressRouteUDP. - properties: - entryPoints: - description: |- - EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. - Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/entrypoints/ - Default: all. - items: - type: string - type: array - routes: - description: Routes defines the list of routes. - items: - description: RouteUDP holds the UDP route configuration. - properties: - services: - description: Services defines the list of UDP services. - items: - description: ServiceUDP defines an upstream UDP service to - proxy traffic to. - properties: - name: - description: Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes - Service. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Kubernetes Service. - type: string - nativeLB: - description: |- - NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, - whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. - The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. - By default, NativeLB is false. - type: boolean - port: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. - This can be a reference to a named port. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - weight: - description: Weight defines the weight used when balancing - requests between multiple Kubernetes Service. - type: integer - required: - - name - - port - type: object - type: array - type: object - type: array - required: - - routes - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_middlewares.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_middlewares.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index be0af55c550..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_middlewares.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,980 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: middlewares.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: Middleware - listKind: MiddlewareList - plural: middlewares - singular: middleware - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: |- - Middleware is the CRD implementation of a Traefik Middleware. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/overview/ - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: MiddlewareSpec defines the desired state of a Middleware. - properties: - addPrefix: - description: |- - AddPrefix holds the add prefix middleware configuration. - This middleware updates the path of a request before forwarding it. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/addprefix/ - properties: - prefix: - description: |- - Prefix is the string to add before the current path in the requested URL. - It should include a leading slash (/). - type: string - type: object - basicAuth: - description: |- - BasicAuth holds the basic auth middleware configuration. - This middleware restricts access to your services to known users. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/basicauth/ - properties: - headerField: - description: |- - HeaderField defines a header field to store the authenticated user. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield - type: string - realm: - description: |- - Realm allows the protected resources on a server to be partitioned into a set of protection spaces, each with its own authentication scheme. - Default: traefik. - type: string - removeHeader: - description: |- - RemoveHeader sets the removeHeader option to true to remove the authorization header before forwarding the request to your service. - Default: false. - type: boolean - secret: - description: Secret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret - containing user credentials. - type: string - type: object - buffering: - description: |- - Buffering holds the buffering middleware configuration. - This middleware retries or limits the size of requests that can be forwarded to backends. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/buffering/#maxrequestbodybytes - properties: - maxRequestBodyBytes: - description: |- - MaxRequestBodyBytes defines the maximum allowed body size for the request (in bytes). - If the request exceeds the allowed size, it is not forwarded to the service, and the client gets a 413 (Request Entity Too Large) response. - Default: 0 (no maximum). - format: int64 - type: integer - maxResponseBodyBytes: - description: |- - MaxResponseBodyBytes defines the maximum allowed response size from the service (in bytes). - If the response exceeds the allowed size, it is not forwarded to the client. The client gets a 500 (Internal Server Error) response instead. - Default: 0 (no maximum). - format: int64 - type: integer - memRequestBodyBytes: - description: |- - MemRequestBodyBytes defines the threshold (in bytes) from which the request will be buffered on disk instead of in memory. - Default: 1048576 (1Mi). - format: int64 - type: integer - memResponseBodyBytes: - description: |- - MemResponseBodyBytes defines the threshold (in bytes) from which the response will be buffered on disk instead of in memory. - Default: 1048576 (1Mi). - format: int64 - type: integer - retryExpression: - description: |- - RetryExpression defines the retry conditions. - It is a logical combination of functions with operators AND (&&) and OR (||). - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/buffering/#retryexpression - type: string - type: object - chain: - description: |- - Chain holds the configuration of the chain middleware. - This middleware enables to define reusable combinations of other pieces of middleware. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/chain/ - properties: - middlewares: - description: Middlewares is the list of MiddlewareRef which composes - the chain. - items: - description: MiddlewareRef is a reference to a Middleware resource. - properties: - name: - description: Name defines the name of the referenced Middleware - resource. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Middleware resource. - type: string - required: - - name - type: object - type: array - type: object - circuitBreaker: - description: CircuitBreaker holds the circuit breaker configuration. - properties: - checkPeriod: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: CheckPeriod is the interval between successive checks - of the circuit breaker condition (when in standby state). - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - expression: - description: Expression is the condition that triggers the tripped - state. - type: string - fallbackDuration: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: FallbackDuration is the duration for which the circuit - breaker will wait before trying to recover (from a tripped state). - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - recoveryDuration: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: RecoveryDuration is the duration for which the circuit - breaker will try to recover (as soon as it is in recovering - state). - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - type: object - compress: - description: |- - Compress holds the compress middleware configuration. - This middleware compresses responses before sending them to the client, using gzip compression. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/compress/ - properties: - excludedContentTypes: - description: ExcludedContentTypes defines the list of content - types to compare the Content-Type header of the incoming requests - and responses before compressing. - items: - type: string - type: array - minResponseBodyBytes: - description: |- - MinResponseBodyBytes defines the minimum amount of bytes a response body must have to be compressed. - Default: 1024. - type: integer - type: object - contentType: - description: |- - ContentType holds the content-type middleware configuration. - This middleware exists to enable the correct behavior until at least the default one can be changed in a future version. - properties: - autoDetect: - description: |- - AutoDetect specifies whether to let the `Content-Type` header, if it has not been set by the backend, - be automatically set to a value derived from the contents of the response. - As a proxy, the default behavior should be to leave the header alone, regardless of what the backend did with it. - However, the historic default was to always auto-detect and set the header if it was nil, - and it is going to be kept that way in order to support users currently relying on it. - type: boolean - type: object - digestAuth: - description: |- - DigestAuth holds the digest auth middleware configuration. - This middleware restricts access to your services to known users. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/digestauth/ - properties: - headerField: - description: |- - HeaderField defines a header field to store the authenticated user. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield - type: string - realm: - description: |- - Realm allows the protected resources on a server to be partitioned into a set of protection spaces, each with its own authentication scheme. - Default: traefik. - type: string - removeHeader: - description: RemoveHeader defines whether to remove the authorization - header before forwarding the request to the backend. - type: boolean - secret: - description: Secret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret - containing user credentials. - type: string - type: object - errors: - description: |- - ErrorPage holds the custom error middleware configuration. - This middleware returns a custom page in lieu of the default, according to configured ranges of HTTP Status codes. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/errorpages/ - properties: - query: - description: |- - Query defines the URL for the error page (hosted by service). - The {status} variable can be used in order to insert the status code in the URL. - type: string - service: - description: |- - Service defines the reference to a Kubernetes Service that will serve the error page. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/errorpages/#service - properties: - kind: - description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. - enum: - - Service - - TraefikService - type: string - name: - description: |- - Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - type: string - nativeLB: - description: |- - NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, - whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. - The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. - By default, NativeLB is false. - type: boolean - passHostHeader: - description: |- - PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - By default, passHostHeader is true. - type: boolean - port: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. - This can be a reference to a named port. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - responseForwarding: - description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards - the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the - client. - properties: - flushInterval: - description: |- - FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. - A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. - This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; - for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. - Default: 100ms - type: string - type: object - scheme: - description: |- - Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. - type: string - serversTransport: - description: |- - ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. - It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. - Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. - type: string - sticky: - description: |- - Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions - properties: - cookie: - description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. - properties: - httpOnly: - description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can - be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. - type: boolean - name: - description: Name defines the Cookie name. - type: string - sameSite: - description: |- - SameSite defines the same site policy. - More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite - type: string - secure: - description: Secure defines whether the cookie can - only be transmitted over an encrypted connection - (i.e. HTTPS). - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - strategy: - description: |- - Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. - RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. - type: string - weight: - description: |- - Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object - (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). - type: integer - required: - - name - type: object - status: - description: |- - Status defines which status or range of statuses should result in an error page. - It can be either a status code as a number (500), - as multiple comma-separated numbers (500,502), - as ranges by separating two codes with a dash (500-599), - or a combination of the two (404,418,500-599). - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - forwardAuth: - description: |- - ForwardAuth holds the forward auth middleware configuration. - This middleware delegates the request authentication to a Service. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/forwardauth/ - properties: - address: - description: Address defines the authentication server address. - type: string - authRequestHeaders: - description: |- - AuthRequestHeaders defines the list of the headers to copy from the request to the authentication server. - If not set or empty then all request headers are passed. - items: - type: string - type: array - authResponseHeaders: - description: AuthResponseHeaders defines the list of headers to - copy from the authentication server response and set on forwarded - request, replacing any existing conflicting headers. - items: - type: string - type: array - authResponseHeadersRegex: - description: |- - AuthResponseHeadersRegex defines the regex to match headers to copy from the authentication server response and set on forwarded request, after stripping all headers that match the regex. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/forwardauth/#authresponseheadersregex - type: string - tls: - description: TLS defines the configuration used to secure the - connection to the authentication server. - properties: - caOptional: - type: boolean - caSecret: - description: |- - CASecret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret containing the CA to validate the server certificate. - The CA certificate is extracted from key `tls.ca` or `ca.crt`. - type: string - certSecret: - description: |- - CertSecret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret containing the client certificate. - The client certificate is extracted from the keys `tls.crt` and `tls.key`. - type: string - insecureSkipVerify: - description: InsecureSkipVerify defines whether the server - certificates should be validated. - type: boolean - type: object - trustForwardHeader: - description: 'TrustForwardHeader defines whether to trust (ie: - forward) all X-Forwarded-* headers.' - type: boolean - type: object - headers: - description: |- - Headers holds the headers middleware configuration. - This middleware manages the requests and responses headers. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/headers/#customrequestheaders - properties: - accessControlAllowCredentials: - description: AccessControlAllowCredentials defines whether the - request can include user credentials. - type: boolean - accessControlAllowHeaders: - description: AccessControlAllowHeaders defines the Access-Control-Request-Headers - values sent in preflight response. - items: - type: string - type: array - accessControlAllowMethods: - description: AccessControlAllowMethods defines the Access-Control-Request-Method - values sent in preflight response. - items: - type: string - type: array - accessControlAllowOriginList: - description: AccessControlAllowOriginList is a list of allowable - origins. Can also be a wildcard origin "*". - items: - type: string - type: array - accessControlAllowOriginListRegex: - description: AccessControlAllowOriginListRegex is a list of allowable - origins written following the Regular Expression syntax (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/). - items: - type: string - type: array - accessControlExposeHeaders: - description: AccessControlExposeHeaders defines the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - values sent in preflight response. - items: - type: string - type: array - accessControlMaxAge: - description: AccessControlMaxAge defines the time that a preflight - request may be cached. - format: int64 - type: integer - addVaryHeader: - description: AddVaryHeader defines whether the Vary header is - automatically added/updated when the AccessControlAllowOriginList - is set. - type: boolean - allowedHosts: - description: AllowedHosts defines the fully qualified list of - allowed domain names. - items: - type: string - type: array - browserXssFilter: - description: BrowserXSSFilter defines whether to add the X-XSS-Protection - header with the value 1; mode=block. - type: boolean - contentSecurityPolicy: - description: ContentSecurityPolicy defines the Content-Security-Policy - header value. - type: string - contentTypeNosniff: - description: ContentTypeNosniff defines whether to add the X-Content-Type-Options - header with the nosniff value. - type: boolean - customBrowserXSSValue: - description: |- - CustomBrowserXSSValue defines the X-XSS-Protection header value. - This overrides the BrowserXssFilter option. - type: string - customFrameOptionsValue: - description: |- - CustomFrameOptionsValue defines the X-Frame-Options header value. - This overrides the FrameDeny option. - type: string - customRequestHeaders: - additionalProperties: - type: string - description: CustomRequestHeaders defines the header names and - values to apply to the request. - type: object - customResponseHeaders: - additionalProperties: - type: string - description: CustomResponseHeaders defines the header names and - values to apply to the response. - type: object - featurePolicy: - description: 'Deprecated: use PermissionsPolicy instead.' - type: string - forceSTSHeader: - description: ForceSTSHeader defines whether to add the STS header - even when the connection is HTTP. - type: boolean - frameDeny: - description: FrameDeny defines whether to add the X-Frame-Options - header with the DENY value. - type: boolean - hostsProxyHeaders: - description: HostsProxyHeaders defines the header keys that may - hold a proxied hostname value for the request. - items: - type: string - type: array - isDevelopment: - description: |- - IsDevelopment defines whether to mitigate the unwanted effects of the AllowedHosts, SSL, and STS options when developing. - Usually testing takes place using HTTP, not HTTPS, and on localhost, not your production domain. - If you would like your development environment to mimic production with complete Host blocking, SSL redirects, - and STS headers, leave this as false. - type: boolean - permissionsPolicy: - description: |- - PermissionsPolicy defines the Permissions-Policy header value. - This allows sites to control browser features. - type: string - publicKey: - description: PublicKey is the public key that implements HPKP - to prevent MITM attacks with forged certificates. - type: string - referrerPolicy: - description: |- - ReferrerPolicy defines the Referrer-Policy header value. - This allows sites to control whether browsers forward the Referer header to other sites. - type: string - sslForceHost: - description: 'Deprecated: use RedirectRegex instead.' - type: boolean - sslHost: - description: 'Deprecated: use RedirectRegex instead.' - type: string - sslProxyHeaders: - additionalProperties: - type: string - description: |- - SSLProxyHeaders defines the header keys with associated values that would indicate a valid HTTPS request. - It can be useful when using other proxies (example: "X-Forwarded-Proto": "https"). - type: object - sslRedirect: - description: 'Deprecated: use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme - instead.' - type: boolean - sslTemporaryRedirect: - description: 'Deprecated: use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme - instead.' - type: boolean - stsIncludeSubdomains: - description: STSIncludeSubdomains defines whether the includeSubDomains - directive is appended to the Strict-Transport-Security header. - type: boolean - stsPreload: - description: STSPreload defines whether the preload flag is appended - to the Strict-Transport-Security header. - type: boolean - stsSeconds: - description: |- - STSSeconds defines the max-age of the Strict-Transport-Security header. - If set to 0, the header is not set. - format: int64 - type: integer - type: object - inFlightReq: - description: |- - InFlightReq holds the in-flight request middleware configuration. - This middleware limits the number of requests being processed and served concurrently. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/inflightreq/ - properties: - amount: - description: |- - Amount defines the maximum amount of allowed simultaneous in-flight request. - The middleware responds with HTTP 429 Too Many Requests if there are already amount requests in progress (based on the same sourceCriterion strategy). - format: int64 - type: integer - sourceCriterion: - description: |- - SourceCriterion defines what criterion is used to group requests as originating from a common source. - If several strategies are defined at the same time, an error will be raised. - If none are set, the default is to use the requestHost. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/inflightreq/#sourcecriterion - properties: - ipStrategy: - description: |- - IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy - properties: - depth: - description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For - header and take the IP located at the depth position - (starting from the right). - type: integer - excludedIPs: - description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the - X-Forwarded-For header and select the first IP not in - the list. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - requestHeaderName: - description: RequestHeaderName defines the name of the header - used to group incoming requests. - type: string - requestHost: - description: RequestHost defines whether to consider the request - Host as the source. - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - ipAllowList: - description: |- - IPAllowList holds the IP allowlist middleware configuration. - This middleware accepts / refuses requests based on the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/ - properties: - ipStrategy: - description: |- - IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy - properties: - depth: - description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For - header and take the IP located at the depth position (starting - from the right). - type: integer - excludedIPs: - description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the X-Forwarded-For - header and select the first IP not in the list. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - sourceRange: - description: SourceRange defines the set of allowed IPs (or ranges - of allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - ipWhiteList: - description: |- - IPWhiteList holds the IP whitelist middleware configuration. - This middleware accepts / refuses requests based on the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipwhitelist/ - Deprecated: please use IPAllowList instead. - properties: - ipStrategy: - description: |- - IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy - properties: - depth: - description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For - header and take the IP located at the depth position (starting - from the right). - type: integer - excludedIPs: - description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the X-Forwarded-For - header and select the first IP not in the list. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - sourceRange: - description: SourceRange defines the set of allowed IPs (or ranges - of allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - passTLSClientCert: - description: |- - PassTLSClientCert holds the pass TLS client cert middleware configuration. - This middleware adds the selected data from the passed client TLS certificate to a header. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/passtlsclientcert/ - properties: - info: - description: Info selects the specific client certificate details - you want to add to the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert-Info header. - properties: - issuer: - description: Issuer defines the client certificate issuer - details to add to the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert-Info header. - properties: - commonName: - description: CommonName defines whether to add the organizationalUnit - information into the issuer. - type: boolean - country: - description: Country defines whether to add the country - information into the issuer. - type: boolean - domainComponent: - description: DomainComponent defines whether to add the - domainComponent information into the issuer. - type: boolean - locality: - description: Locality defines whether to add the locality - information into the issuer. - type: boolean - organization: - description: Organization defines whether to add the organization - information into the issuer. - type: boolean - province: - description: Province defines whether to add the province - information into the issuer. - type: boolean - serialNumber: - description: SerialNumber defines whether to add the serialNumber - information into the issuer. - type: boolean - type: object - notAfter: - description: NotAfter defines whether to add the Not After - information from the Validity part. - type: boolean - notBefore: - description: NotBefore defines whether to add the Not Before - information from the Validity part. - type: boolean - sans: - description: Sans defines whether to add the Subject Alternative - Name information from the Subject Alternative Name part. - type: boolean - serialNumber: - description: SerialNumber defines whether to add the client - serialNumber information. - type: boolean - subject: - description: Subject defines the client certificate subject - details to add to the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert-Info header. - properties: - commonName: - description: CommonName defines whether to add the organizationalUnit - information into the subject. - type: boolean - country: - description: Country defines whether to add the country - information into the subject. - type: boolean - domainComponent: - description: DomainComponent defines whether to add the - domainComponent information into the subject. - type: boolean - locality: - description: Locality defines whether to add the locality - information into the subject. - type: boolean - organization: - description: Organization defines whether to add the organization - information into the subject. - type: boolean - organizationalUnit: - description: OrganizationalUnit defines whether to add - the organizationalUnit information into the subject. - type: boolean - province: - description: Province defines whether to add the province - information into the subject. - type: boolean - serialNumber: - description: SerialNumber defines whether to add the serialNumber - information into the subject. - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - pem: - description: PEM sets the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert header with - the certificate. - type: boolean - type: object - plugin: - additionalProperties: - x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true - description: |- - Plugin defines the middleware plugin configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/plugins/ - type: object - rateLimit: - description: |- - RateLimit holds the rate limit configuration. - This middleware ensures that services will receive a fair amount of requests, and allows one to define what fair is. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ratelimit/ - properties: - average: - description: |- - Average is the maximum rate, by default in requests/s, allowed for the given source. - It defaults to 0, which means no rate limiting. - The rate is actually defined by dividing Average by Period. So for a rate below 1req/s, - one needs to define a Period larger than a second. - format: int64 - type: integer - burst: - description: |- - Burst is the maximum number of requests allowed to arrive in the same arbitrarily small period of time. - It defaults to 1. - format: int64 - type: integer - period: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Period, in combination with Average, defines the actual maximum rate, such as: - r = Average / Period. It defaults to a second. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - sourceCriterion: - description: |- - SourceCriterion defines what criterion is used to group requests as originating from a common source. - If several strategies are defined at the same time, an error will be raised. - If none are set, the default is to use the request's remote address field (as an ipStrategy). - properties: - ipStrategy: - description: |- - IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy - properties: - depth: - description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For - header and take the IP located at the depth position - (starting from the right). - type: integer - excludedIPs: - description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the - X-Forwarded-For header and select the first IP not in - the list. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - requestHeaderName: - description: RequestHeaderName defines the name of the header - used to group incoming requests. - type: string - requestHost: - description: RequestHost defines whether to consider the request - Host as the source. - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - redirectRegex: - description: |- - RedirectRegex holds the redirect regex middleware configuration. - This middleware redirects a request using regex matching and replacement. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/redirectregex/#regex - properties: - permanent: - description: Permanent defines whether the redirection is permanent - (301). - type: boolean - regex: - description: Regex defines the regex used to match and capture - elements from the request URL. - type: string - replacement: - description: Replacement defines how to modify the URL to have - the new target URL. - type: string - type: object - redirectScheme: - description: |- - RedirectScheme holds the redirect scheme middleware configuration. - This middleware redirects requests from a scheme/port to another. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/redirectscheme/ - properties: - permanent: - description: Permanent defines whether the redirection is permanent - (301). - type: boolean - port: - description: Port defines the port of the new URL. - type: string - scheme: - description: Scheme defines the scheme of the new URL. - type: string - type: object - replacePath: - description: |- - ReplacePath holds the replace path middleware configuration. - This middleware replaces the path of the request URL and store the original path in an X-Replaced-Path header. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/replacepath/ - properties: - path: - description: Path defines the path to use as replacement in the - request URL. - type: string - type: object - replacePathRegex: - description: |- - ReplacePathRegex holds the replace path regex middleware configuration. - This middleware replaces the path of a URL using regex matching and replacement. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/replacepathregex/ - properties: - regex: - description: Regex defines the regular expression used to match - and capture the path from the request URL. - type: string - replacement: - description: Replacement defines the replacement path format, - which can include captured variables. - type: string - type: object - retry: - description: |- - Retry holds the retry middleware configuration. - This middleware reissues requests a given number of times to a backend server if that server does not reply. - As soon as the server answers, the middleware stops retrying, regardless of the response status. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/retry/ - properties: - attempts: - description: Attempts defines how many times the request should - be retried. - type: integer - initialInterval: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - InitialInterval defines the first wait time in the exponential backoff series. - The maximum interval is calculated as twice the initialInterval. - If unspecified, requests will be retried immediately. - The value of initialInterval should be provided in seconds or as a valid duration format, - see https://pkg.go.dev/time#ParseDuration. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - type: object - stripPrefix: - description: |- - StripPrefix holds the strip prefix middleware configuration. - This middleware removes the specified prefixes from the URL path. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/stripprefix/ - properties: - forceSlash: - description: |- - ForceSlash ensures that the resulting stripped path is not the empty string, by replacing it with / when necessary. - Default: true. - type: boolean - prefixes: - description: Prefixes defines the prefixes to strip from the request - URL. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - stripPrefixRegex: - description: |- - StripPrefixRegex holds the strip prefix regex middleware configuration. - This middleware removes the matching prefixes from the URL path. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/stripprefixregex/ - properties: - regex: - description: Regex defines the regular expression to match the - path prefix from the request URL. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_middlewaretcps.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_middlewaretcps.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 6535b365f1e..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_middlewaretcps.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: middlewaretcps.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: MiddlewareTCP - listKind: MiddlewareTCPList - plural: middlewaretcps - singular: middlewaretcp - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: |- - MiddlewareTCP is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TCP middleware. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/overview/ - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: MiddlewareTCPSpec defines the desired state of a MiddlewareTCP. - properties: - inFlightConn: - description: InFlightConn defines the InFlightConn middleware configuration. - properties: - amount: - description: |- - Amount defines the maximum amount of allowed simultaneous connections. - The middleware closes the connection if there are already amount connections opened. - format: int64 - type: integer - type: object - ipAllowList: - description: |- - IPAllowList defines the IPAllowList middleware configuration. - This middleware accepts/refuses connections based on the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/tcp/ipallowlist/ - properties: - sourceRange: - description: SourceRange defines the allowed IPs (or ranges of - allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - ipWhiteList: - description: |- - IPWhiteList defines the IPWhiteList middleware configuration. - This middleware accepts/refuses connections based on the client IP. - Deprecated: please use IPAllowList instead. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/tcp/ipwhitelist/ - properties: - sourceRange: - description: SourceRange defines the allowed IPs (or ranges of - allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_serverstransports.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_serverstransports.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 454e35a2a8d..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_serverstransports.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: serverstransports.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: ServersTransport - listKind: ServersTransportList - plural: serverstransports - singular: serverstransport - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: |- - ServersTransport is the CRD implementation of a ServersTransport. - If no serversTransport is specified, the default@internal will be used. - The default@internal serversTransport is created from the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#serverstransport_1 - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: ServersTransportSpec defines the desired state of a ServersTransport. - properties: - certificatesSecrets: - description: CertificatesSecrets defines a list of secret storing - client certificates for mTLS. - items: - type: string - type: array - disableHTTP2: - description: DisableHTTP2 disables HTTP/2 for connections with backend - servers. - type: boolean - forwardingTimeouts: - description: ForwardingTimeouts defines the timeouts for requests - forwarded to the backend servers. - properties: - dialTimeout: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: DialTimeout is the amount of time to wait until a - connection to a backend server can be established. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - idleConnTimeout: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: IdleConnTimeout is the maximum period for which an - idle HTTP keep-alive connection will remain open before closing - itself. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - pingTimeout: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: PingTimeout is the timeout after which the HTTP/2 - connection will be closed if a response to ping is not received. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - readIdleTimeout: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: ReadIdleTimeout is the timeout after which a health - check using ping frame will be carried out if no frame is received - on the HTTP/2 connection. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - responseHeaderTimeout: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: ResponseHeaderTimeout is the amount of time to wait - for a server's response headers after fully writing the request - (including its body, if any). - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - type: object - insecureSkipVerify: - description: InsecureSkipVerify disables SSL certificate verification. - type: boolean - maxIdleConnsPerHost: - description: MaxIdleConnsPerHost controls the maximum idle (keep-alive) - to keep per-host. - type: integer - peerCertURI: - description: PeerCertURI defines the peer cert URI used to match against - SAN URI during the peer certificate verification. - type: string - rootCAsSecrets: - description: RootCAsSecrets defines a list of CA secret used to validate - self-signed certificate. - items: - type: string - type: array - serverName: - description: ServerName defines the server name used to contact the - server. - type: string - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_tlsoptions.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_tlsoptions.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index bef834eab21..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_tlsoptions.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: tlsoptions.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: TLSOption - listKind: TLSOptionList - plural: tlsoptions - singular: tlsoption - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: |- - TLSOption is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TLS Option, allowing to configure some parameters of the TLS connection. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#tls-options - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: TLSOptionSpec defines the desired state of a TLSOption. - properties: - alpnProtocols: - description: |- - ALPNProtocols defines the list of supported application level protocols for the TLS handshake, in order of preference. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#alpn-protocols - items: - type: string - type: array - cipherSuites: - description: |- - CipherSuites defines the list of supported cipher suites for TLS versions up to TLS 1.2. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#cipher-suites - items: - type: string - type: array - clientAuth: - description: ClientAuth defines the server's policy for TLS Client - Authentication. - properties: - clientAuthType: - description: ClientAuthType defines the client authentication - type to apply. - enum: - - NoClientCert - - RequestClientCert - - RequireAnyClientCert - - VerifyClientCertIfGiven - - RequireAndVerifyClientCert - type: string - secretNames: - description: SecretNames defines the names of the referenced Kubernetes - Secret storing certificate details. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - curvePreferences: - description: |- - CurvePreferences defines the preferred elliptic curves in a specific order. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#curve-preferences - items: - type: string - type: array - maxVersion: - description: |- - MaxVersion defines the maximum TLS version that Traefik will accept. - Possible values: VersionTLS10, VersionTLS11, VersionTLS12, VersionTLS13. - Default: None. - type: string - minVersion: - description: |- - MinVersion defines the minimum TLS version that Traefik will accept. - Possible values: VersionTLS10, VersionTLS11, VersionTLS12, VersionTLS13. - Default: VersionTLS10. - type: string - preferServerCipherSuites: - description: |- - PreferServerCipherSuites defines whether the server chooses a cipher suite among his own instead of among the client's. - It is enabled automatically when minVersion or maxVersion is set. - Deprecated: https://github.com/golang/go/issues/45430 - type: boolean - sniStrict: - description: SniStrict defines whether Traefik allows connections - from clients connections that do not specify a server_name extension. - type: boolean - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_tlsstores.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_tlsstores.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 57c8e1bf765..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_tlsstores.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: tlsstores.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: TLSStore - listKind: TLSStoreList - plural: tlsstores - singular: tlsstore - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: |- - TLSStore is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TLS Store. - For the time being, only the TLSStore named default is supported. - This means that you cannot have two stores that are named default in different Kubernetes namespaces. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#certificates-stores - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: TLSStoreSpec defines the desired state of a TLSStore. - properties: - certificates: - description: Certificates is a list of secret names, each secret holding - a key/certificate pair to add to the store. - items: - description: Certificate holds a secret name for the TLSStore resource. - properties: - secretName: - description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes - Secret to specify the certificate details. - type: string - required: - - secretName - type: object - type: array - defaultCertificate: - description: DefaultCertificate defines the default certificate configuration. - properties: - secretName: - description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes - Secret to specify the certificate details. - type: string - required: - - secretName - type: object - defaultGeneratedCert: - description: DefaultGeneratedCert defines the default generated certificate - configuration. - properties: - domain: - description: Domain is the domain definition for the DefaultCertificate. - properties: - main: - description: Main defines the main domain name. - type: string - sans: - description: SANs defines the subject alternative domain names. - items: - type: string - type: array - type: object - resolver: - description: Resolver is the name of the resolver that will be - used to issue the DefaultCertificate. - type: string - type: object - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_traefikservices.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_traefikservices.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 5ceb028aa87..00000000000 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.containo.us_traefikservices.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,411 +0,0 @@ ---- -apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 -kind: CustomResourceDefinition -metadata: - annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 - name: traefikservices.traefik.containo.us -spec: - group: traefik.containo.us - names: - kind: TraefikService - listKind: TraefikServiceList - plural: traefikservices - singular: traefikservice - scope: Namespaced - versions: - - name: v1alpha1 - schema: - openAPIV3Schema: - description: |- - TraefikService is the CRD implementation of a Traefik Service. - TraefikService object allows to: - - Apply weight to Services on load-balancing - - Mirror traffic on services - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-traefikservice - properties: - apiVersion: - description: |- - APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. - Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and - may reject unrecognized values. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources - type: string - kind: - description: |- - Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. - Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. - Cannot be updated. - In CamelCase. - More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds - type: string - metadata: - type: object - spec: - description: TraefikServiceSpec defines the desired state of a TraefikService. - properties: - mirroring: - description: Mirroring defines the Mirroring service configuration. - properties: - kind: - description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. - enum: - - Service - - TraefikService - type: string - maxBodySize: - description: |- - MaxBodySize defines the maximum size allowed for the body of the request. - If the body is larger, the request is not mirrored. - Default value is -1, which means unlimited size. - format: int64 - type: integer - mirrors: - description: Mirrors defines the list of mirrors where Traefik - will duplicate the traffic. - items: - description: MirrorService holds the mirror configuration. - properties: - kind: - description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. - enum: - - Service - - TraefikService - type: string - name: - description: |- - Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - type: string - nativeLB: - description: |- - NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, - whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. - The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. - By default, NativeLB is false. - type: boolean - passHostHeader: - description: |- - PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - By default, passHostHeader is true. - type: boolean - percent: - description: |- - Percent defines the part of the traffic to mirror. - Supported values: 0 to 100. - type: integer - port: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. - This can be a reference to a named port. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - responseForwarding: - description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards - the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the - client. - properties: - flushInterval: - description: |- - FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. - A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. - This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; - for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. - Default: 100ms - type: string - type: object - scheme: - description: |- - Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. - type: string - serversTransport: - description: |- - ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. - It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. - Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. - type: string - sticky: - description: |- - Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions - properties: - cookie: - description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. - properties: - httpOnly: - description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie - can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. - type: boolean - name: - description: Name defines the Cookie name. - type: string - sameSite: - description: |- - SameSite defines the same site policy. - More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite - type: string - secure: - description: Secure defines whether the cookie can - only be transmitted over an encrypted connection - (i.e. HTTPS). - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - strategy: - description: |- - Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. - RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. - type: string - weight: - description: |- - Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object - (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). - type: integer - required: - - name - type: object - type: array - name: - description: |- - Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - type: string - nativeLB: - description: |- - NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, - whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. - The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. - By default, NativeLB is false. - type: boolean - passHostHeader: - description: |- - PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - By default, passHostHeader is true. - type: boolean - port: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. - This can be a reference to a named port. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - responseForwarding: - description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards the - response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the client. - properties: - flushInterval: - description: |- - FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. - A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. - This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; - for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. - Default: 100ms - type: string - type: object - scheme: - description: |- - Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. - type: string - serversTransport: - description: |- - ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. - It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. - Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. - type: string - sticky: - description: |- - Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions - properties: - cookie: - description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. - properties: - httpOnly: - description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be - accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. - type: boolean - name: - description: Name defines the Cookie name. - type: string - sameSite: - description: |- - SameSite defines the same site policy. - More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite - type: string - secure: - description: Secure defines whether the cookie can only - be transmitted over an encrypted connection (i.e. HTTPS). - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - strategy: - description: |- - Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. - RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. - type: string - weight: - description: |- - Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object - (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). - type: integer - required: - - name - type: object - weighted: - description: Weighted defines the Weighted Round Robin configuration. - properties: - services: - description: Services defines the list of Kubernetes Service and/or - TraefikService to load-balance, with weight. - items: - description: Service defines an upstream HTTP service to proxy - traffic to. - properties: - kind: - description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. - enum: - - Service - - TraefikService - type: string - name: - description: |- - Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. - type: string - namespace: - description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced - Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. - type: string - nativeLB: - description: |- - NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, - whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. - The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. - By default, NativeLB is false. - type: boolean - passHostHeader: - description: |- - PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - By default, passHostHeader is true. - type: boolean - port: - anyOf: - - type: integer - - type: string - description: |- - Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. - This can be a reference to a named port. - x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true - responseForwarding: - description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards - the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the - client. - properties: - flushInterval: - description: |- - FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. - A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. - This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; - for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. - Default: 100ms - type: string - type: object - scheme: - description: |- - Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. - It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. - type: string - serversTransport: - description: |- - ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. - It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. - Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. - type: string - sticky: - description: |- - Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions - properties: - cookie: - description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. - properties: - httpOnly: - description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie - can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. - type: boolean - name: - description: Name defines the Cookie name. - type: string - sameSite: - description: |- - SameSite defines the same site policy. - More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite - type: string - secure: - description: Secure defines whether the cookie can - only be transmitted over an encrypted connection - (i.e. HTTPS). - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - strategy: - description: |- - Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. - RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. - type: string - weight: - description: |- - Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object - (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). - type: integer - required: - - name - type: object - type: array - sticky: - description: |- - Sticky defines whether sticky sessions are enabled. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#stickiness-and-load-balancing - properties: - cookie: - description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. - properties: - httpOnly: - description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be - accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. - type: boolean - name: - description: Name defines the Cookie name. - type: string - sameSite: - description: |- - SameSite defines the same site policy. - More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite - type: string - secure: - description: Secure defines whether the cookie can only - be transmitted over an encrypted connection (i.e. HTTPS). - type: boolean - type: object - type: object - type: object - type: object - required: - - metadata - - spec - type: object - served: true - storage: true diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutes.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutes.yaml index 587207d7c81..6ce60d68e4b 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutes.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutes.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: ingressroutes.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ spec: description: |- EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/entrypoints/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/entrypoints/ Default: all. items: type: string @@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ spec: match: description: |- Match defines the router's rule. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#rule + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#rule type: string middlewares: description: |- Middlewares defines the list of references to Middleware resources. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-middleware + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-middleware items: description: MiddlewareRef is a reference to a Middleware resource. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ spec: priority: description: |- Priority defines the router's priority. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#priority + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#priority type: integer services: description: |- @@ -98,6 +98,67 @@ spec: description: Service defines an upstream HTTP service to proxy traffic to. properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be + sent to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname + in the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for + the health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme + for the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status + code of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object kind: description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. enum: @@ -120,6 +181,13 @@ spec: The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. By default, NativeLB is false. type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean passHostHeader: description: |- PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. @@ -161,7 +229,7 @@ spec: sticky: description: |- Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#sticky-sessions properties: cookie: description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. @@ -171,6 +239,12 @@ spec: can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer name: description: Name defines the Cookie name. type: string @@ -200,6 +274,11 @@ spec: - name type: object type: array + syntax: + description: |- + Syntax defines the router's rule syntax. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#rulesyntax + type: string required: - kind - match @@ -208,18 +287,18 @@ spec: tls: description: |- TLS defines the TLS configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#tls + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#tls properties: certResolver: description: |- CertResolver defines the name of the certificate resolver to use. Cert resolvers have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers type: string domains: description: |- Domains defines the list of domains that will be used to issue certificates. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#domains + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#domains items: description: Domain holds a domain name with SANs. properties: @@ -238,17 +317,17 @@ spec: description: |- Options defines the reference to a TLSOption, that specifies the parameters of the TLS connection. If not defined, the `default` TLSOption is used. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#tls-options + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/tls/#tls-options properties: name: description: |- Name defines the name of the referenced TLSOption. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption type: string namespace: description: |- Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced TLSOption. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption type: string required: - name @@ -265,12 +344,12 @@ spec: name: description: |- Name defines the name of the referenced TLSStore. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore type: string namespace: description: |- Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced TLSStore. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore type: string required: - name diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutetcps.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutetcps.yaml index ef6f9b8c189..9db38f869c3 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutetcps.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutetcps.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: ingressroutetcps.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ spec: description: |- EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/entrypoints/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/entrypoints/ Default: all. items: type: string @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ spec: match: description: |- Match defines the router's rule. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#rule_1 + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#rule_1 type: string middlewares: description: Middlewares defines the list of references to MiddlewareTCP @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ spec: priority: description: |- Priority defines the router's priority. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#priority_1 + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#priority_1 type: integer services: description: Services defines the list of TCP services. @@ -103,6 +103,13 @@ spec: The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. By default, NativeLB is false. type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean port: anyOf: - type: integer @@ -114,13 +121,19 @@ spec: proxyProtocol: description: |- ProxyProtocol defines the PROXY protocol configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#proxy-protocol + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#proxy-protocol properties: version: description: Version defines the PROXY Protocol version to use. type: integer type: object + serversTransport: + description: |- + ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransportTCP resource to use. + It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. + Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. + type: string terminationDelay: description: |- TerminationDelay defines the deadline that the proxy sets, after one of its connected peers indicates @@ -128,7 +141,12 @@ spec: hence fully terminating the connection. It is a duration in milliseconds, defaulting to 100. A negative value means an infinite deadline (i.e. the reading capability is never closed). + Deprecated: TerminationDelay will not be supported in future APIVersions, please use ServersTransport to configure the TerminationDelay instead. type: integer + tls: + description: TLS determines whether to use TLS when dialing + with the backend. + type: boolean weight: description: Weight defines the weight used when balancing requests between multiple Kubernetes Service. @@ -138,6 +156,11 @@ spec: - port type: object type: array + syntax: + description: |- + Syntax defines the router's rule syntax. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#rulesyntax_1 + type: string required: - match type: object @@ -145,18 +168,18 @@ spec: tls: description: |- TLS defines the TLS configuration on a layer 4 / TCP Route. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#tls_1 + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#tls_1 properties: certResolver: description: |- CertResolver defines the name of the certificate resolver to use. Cert resolvers have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers type: string domains: description: |- Domains defines the list of domains that will be used to issue certificates. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/routers/#domains + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/routers/#domains items: description: Domain holds a domain name with SANs. properties: @@ -175,7 +198,7 @@ spec: description: |- Options defines the reference to a TLSOption, that specifies the parameters of the TLS connection. If not defined, the `default` TLSOption is used. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#tls-options + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/tls/#tls-options properties: name: description: Name defines the name of the referenced Traefik diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressrouteudps.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressrouteudps.yaml index 60cc29d5483..9b04a835511 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressrouteudps.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_ingressrouteudps.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: ingressrouteudps.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ spec: description: |- EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/entrypoints/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/entrypoints/ Default: all. items: type: string @@ -74,6 +74,13 @@ spec: The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. By default, NativeLB is false. type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean port: anyOf: - type: integer diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewares.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewares.yaml index 66913e6530d..7bc7f0546e6 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewares.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewares.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: middlewares.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ spec: openAPIV3Schema: description: |- Middleware is the CRD implementation of a Traefik Middleware. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/overview/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/overview/ properties: apiVersion: description: |- @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ spec: description: |- AddPrefix holds the add prefix middleware configuration. This middleware updates the path of a request before forwarding it. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/addprefix/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/addprefix/ properties: prefix: description: |- @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ spec: description: |- BasicAuth holds the basic auth middleware configuration. This middleware restricts access to your services to known users. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/basicauth/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/basicauth/ properties: headerField: description: |- HeaderField defines a header field to store the authenticated user. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield type: string realm: description: |- @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ spec: description: |- Buffering holds the buffering middleware configuration. This middleware retries or limits the size of requests that can be forwarded to backends. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/buffering/#maxrequestbodybytes + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/buffering/#maxrequestbodybytes properties: maxRequestBodyBytes: description: |- @@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ spec: description: |- RetryExpression defines the retry conditions. It is a logical combination of functions with operators AND (&&) and OR (||). - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/buffering/#retryexpression + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/buffering/#retryexpression type: string type: object chain: description: |- Chain holds the configuration of the chain middleware. This middleware enables to define reusable combinations of other pieces of middleware. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/chain/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/chain/ properties: middlewares: description: Middlewares is the list of MiddlewareRef which composes @@ -172,17 +172,33 @@ spec: breaker will try to recover (as soon as it is in recovering state). x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseCode: + description: ResponseCode is the status code that the circuit + breaker will return while it is in the open state. + type: integer type: object compress: description: |- Compress holds the compress middleware configuration. This middleware compresses responses before sending them to the client, using gzip compression. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/compress/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/compress/ properties: + defaultEncoding: + description: DefaultEncoding specifies the default encoding if + the `Accept-Encoding` header is not in the request or contains + a wildcard (`*`). + type: string excludedContentTypes: - description: ExcludedContentTypes defines the list of content - types to compare the Content-Type header of the incoming requests - and responses before compressing. + description: |- + ExcludedContentTypes defines the list of content types to compare the Content-Type header of the incoming requests and responses before compressing. + `application/grpc` is always excluded. + items: + type: string + type: array + includedContentTypes: + description: IncludedContentTypes defines the list of content + types to compare the Content-Type header of the responses before + compressing. items: type: string type: array @@ -201,21 +217,19 @@ spec: description: |- AutoDetect specifies whether to let the `Content-Type` header, if it has not been set by the backend, be automatically set to a value derived from the contents of the response. - As a proxy, the default behavior should be to leave the header alone, regardless of what the backend did with it. - However, the historic default was to always auto-detect and set the header if it was nil, - and it is going to be kept that way in order to support users currently relying on it. + Deprecated: AutoDetect option is deprecated, Content-Type middleware is only meant to be used to enable the content-type detection, please remove any usage of this option. type: boolean type: object digestAuth: description: |- DigestAuth holds the digest auth middleware configuration. This middleware restricts access to your services to known users. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/digestauth/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/digestauth/ properties: headerField: description: |- HeaderField defines a header field to store the authenticated user. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield type: string realm: description: |- @@ -235,7 +249,7 @@ spec: description: |- ErrorPage holds the custom error middleware configuration. This middleware returns a custom page in lieu of the default, according to configured ranges of HTTP Status codes. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/errorpages/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/errorpages/ properties: query: description: |- @@ -245,8 +259,69 @@ spec: service: description: |- Service defines the reference to a Kubernetes Service that will serve the error page. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/errorpages/#service + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/errorpages/#service properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent + to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname in + the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the + health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status code + of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object kind: description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. enum: @@ -269,6 +344,13 @@ spec: The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. By default, NativeLB is false. type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean passHostHeader: description: |- PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. @@ -310,7 +392,7 @@ spec: sticky: description: |- Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#sticky-sessions properties: cookie: description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. @@ -319,6 +401,12 @@ spec: description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer name: description: Name defines the Cookie name. type: string @@ -362,8 +450,14 @@ spec: description: |- ForwardAuth holds the forward auth middleware configuration. This middleware delegates the request authentication to a Service. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/forwardauth/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/forwardauth/ properties: + addAuthCookiesToResponse: + description: AddAuthCookiesToResponse defines the list of cookies + to copy from the authentication server response to the response. + items: + type: string + type: array address: description: Address defines the authentication server address. type: string @@ -384,13 +478,15 @@ spec: authResponseHeadersRegex: description: |- AuthResponseHeadersRegex defines the regex to match headers to copy from the authentication server response and set on forwarded request, after stripping all headers that match the regex. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/forwardauth/#authresponseheadersregex + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/forwardauth/#authresponseheadersregex type: string tls: description: TLS defines the configuration used to secure the connection to the authentication server. properties: caOptional: + description: 'Deprecated: TLS client authentication is a server + side option (see https://github.com/golang/go/blob/740a490f71d026bb7d2d13cb8fa2d6d6e0572b70/src/crypto/tls/common.go#L634).' type: boolean caSecret: description: |- @@ -412,11 +508,24 @@ spec: forward) all X-Forwarded-* headers.' type: boolean type: object + grpcWeb: + description: |- + GrpcWeb holds the gRPC web middleware configuration. + This middleware converts a gRPC web request to an HTTP/2 gRPC request. + properties: + allowOrigins: + description: |- + AllowOrigins is a list of allowable origins. + Can also be a wildcard origin "*". + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object headers: description: |- Headers holds the headers middleware configuration. This middleware manages the requests and responses headers. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/headers/#customrequestheaders + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/headers/#customrequestheaders properties: accessControlAllowCredentials: description: AccessControlAllowCredentials defines whether the @@ -476,6 +585,10 @@ spec: description: ContentSecurityPolicy defines the Content-Security-Policy header value. type: string + contentSecurityPolicyReportOnly: + description: ContentSecurityPolicyReportOnly defines the Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only + header value. + type: string contentTypeNosniff: description: ContentTypeNosniff defines whether to add the X-Content-Type-Options header with the nosniff value. @@ -503,7 +616,8 @@ spec: values to apply to the response. type: object featurePolicy: - description: 'Deprecated: use PermissionsPolicy instead.' + description: 'Deprecated: FeaturePolicy option is deprecated, + please use PermissionsPolicy instead.' type: string forceSTSHeader: description: ForceSTSHeader defines whether to add the STS header @@ -541,10 +655,12 @@ spec: This allows sites to control whether browsers forward the Referer header to other sites. type: string sslForceHost: - description: 'Deprecated: use RedirectRegex instead.' + description: 'Deprecated: SSLForceHost option is deprecated, please + use RedirectRegex instead.' type: boolean sslHost: - description: 'Deprecated: use RedirectRegex instead.' + description: 'Deprecated: SSLHost option is deprecated, please + use RedirectRegex instead.' type: string sslProxyHeaders: additionalProperties: @@ -554,12 +670,12 @@ spec: It can be useful when using other proxies (example: "X-Forwarded-Proto": "https"). type: object sslRedirect: - description: 'Deprecated: use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme - instead.' + description: 'Deprecated: SSLRedirect option is deprecated, please + use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme instead.' type: boolean sslTemporaryRedirect: - description: 'Deprecated: use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme - instead.' + description: 'Deprecated: SSLTemporaryRedirect option is deprecated, + please use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme instead.' type: boolean stsIncludeSubdomains: description: STSIncludeSubdomains defines whether the includeSubDomains @@ -580,7 +696,7 @@ spec: description: |- InFlightReq holds the in-flight request middleware configuration. This middleware limits the number of requests being processed and served concurrently. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/inflightreq/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/inflightreq/ properties: amount: description: |- @@ -593,12 +709,12 @@ spec: SourceCriterion defines what criterion is used to group requests as originating from a common source. If several strategies are defined at the same time, an error will be raised. If none are set, the default is to use the requestHost. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/inflightreq/#sourcecriterion + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/inflightreq/#sourcecriterion properties: ipStrategy: description: |- IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy properties: depth: description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For @@ -626,13 +742,13 @@ spec: ipAllowList: description: |- IPAllowList holds the IP allowlist middleware configuration. - This middleware accepts / refuses requests based on the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/ + This middleware limits allowed requests based on the client IP. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/ properties: ipStrategy: description: |- IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy properties: depth: description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For @@ -646,6 +762,11 @@ spec: type: string type: array type: object + rejectStatusCode: + description: |- + RejectStatusCode defines the HTTP status code used for refused requests. + If not set, the default is 403 (Forbidden). + type: integer sourceRange: description: SourceRange defines the set of allowed IPs (or ranges of allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). @@ -654,16 +775,12 @@ spec: type: array type: object ipWhiteList: - description: |- - IPWhiteList holds the IP whitelist middleware configuration. - This middleware accepts / refuses requests based on the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipwhitelist/ - Deprecated: please use IPAllowList instead. + description: 'Deprecated: please use IPAllowList instead.' properties: ipStrategy: description: |- IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy properties: depth: description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For @@ -679,7 +796,7 @@ spec: type: object sourceRange: description: SourceRange defines the set of allowed IPs (or ranges - of allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). + of allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). Required. items: type: string type: array @@ -688,7 +805,7 @@ spec: description: |- PassTLSClientCert holds the pass TLS client cert middleware configuration. This middleware adds the selected data from the passed client TLS certificate to a header. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/passtlsclientcert/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/passtlsclientcert/ properties: info: description: Info selects the specific client certificate details @@ -797,7 +914,7 @@ spec: description: |- RateLimit holds the rate limit configuration. This middleware ensures that services will receive a fair amount of requests, and allows one to define what fair is. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ratelimit/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/ratelimit/ properties: average: description: |- @@ -830,7 +947,7 @@ spec: ipStrategy: description: |- IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy properties: depth: description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For @@ -859,7 +976,7 @@ spec: description: |- RedirectRegex holds the redirect regex middleware configuration. This middleware redirects a request using regex matching and replacement. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/redirectregex/#regex + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/redirectregex/#regex properties: permanent: description: Permanent defines whether the redirection is permanent @@ -878,7 +995,7 @@ spec: description: |- RedirectScheme holds the redirect scheme middleware configuration. This middleware redirects requests from a scheme/port to another. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/redirectscheme/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/redirectscheme/ properties: permanent: description: Permanent defines whether the redirection is permanent @@ -895,7 +1012,7 @@ spec: description: |- ReplacePath holds the replace path middleware configuration. This middleware replaces the path of the request URL and store the original path in an X-Replaced-Path header. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/replacepath/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/replacepath/ properties: path: description: Path defines the path to use as replacement in the @@ -906,7 +1023,7 @@ spec: description: |- ReplacePathRegex holds the replace path regex middleware configuration. This middleware replaces the path of a URL using regex matching and replacement. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/replacepathregex/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/replacepathregex/ properties: regex: description: Regex defines the regular expression used to match @@ -922,7 +1039,7 @@ spec: Retry holds the retry middleware configuration. This middleware reissues requests a given number of times to a backend server if that server does not reply. As soon as the server answers, the middleware stops retrying, regardless of the response status. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/retry/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/retry/ properties: attempts: description: Attempts defines how many times the request should @@ -944,10 +1061,11 @@ spec: description: |- StripPrefix holds the strip prefix middleware configuration. This middleware removes the specified prefixes from the URL path. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/stripprefix/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/stripprefix/ properties: forceSlash: description: |- + Deprecated: ForceSlash option is deprecated, please remove any usage of this option. ForceSlash ensures that the resulting stripped path is not the empty string, by replacing it with / when necessary. Default: true. type: boolean @@ -962,7 +1080,7 @@ spec: description: |- StripPrefixRegex holds the strip prefix regex middleware configuration. This middleware removes the matching prefixes from the URL path. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/http/stripprefixregex/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/http/stripprefixregex/ properties: regex: description: Regex defines the regular expression to match the diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewaretcps.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewaretcps.yaml index 982caa692e6..f09e3d4129b 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewaretcps.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_middlewaretcps.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: middlewaretcps.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ spec: openAPIV3Schema: description: |- MiddlewareTCP is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TCP middleware. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/overview/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/overview/ properties: apiVersion: description: |- @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ spec: description: |- IPAllowList defines the IPAllowList middleware configuration. This middleware accepts/refuses connections based on the client IP. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/tcp/ipallowlist/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/tcp/ipallowlist/ properties: sourceRange: description: SourceRange defines the allowed IPs (or ranges of @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ spec: IPWhiteList defines the IPWhiteList middleware configuration. This middleware accepts/refuses connections based on the client IP. Deprecated: please use IPAllowList instead. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/middlewares/tcp/ipwhitelist/ + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/middlewares/tcp/ipwhitelist/ properties: sourceRange: description: SourceRange defines the allowed IPs (or ranges of diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransports.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransports.yaml index aad13e089a5..a447c97f191 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransports.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransports.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: serverstransports.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ spec: ServersTransport is the CRD implementation of a ServersTransport. If no serversTransport is specified, the default@internal will be used. The default@internal serversTransport is created from the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#serverstransport_1 + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#serverstransport_1 properties: apiVersion: description: |- @@ -117,6 +117,19 @@ spec: description: ServerName defines the server name used to contact the server. type: string + spiffe: + description: Spiffe defines the SPIFFE configuration. + properties: + ids: + description: IDs defines the allowed SPIFFE IDs (takes precedence + over the SPIFFE TrustDomain). + items: + type: string + type: array + trustDomain: + description: TrustDomain defines the allowed SPIFFE trust domain. + type: string + type: object type: object required: - metadata diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransporttcps.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransporttcps.yaml index b255d3296ca..319044709c7 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransporttcps.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_serverstransporttcps.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: serverstransporttcps.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ spec: ServersTransportTCP is the CRD implementation of a TCPServersTransport. If no tcpServersTransport is specified, a default one named default@internal will be used. The default@internal tcpServersTransport can be configured in the static configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.0/routing/services/#serverstransport_3 + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#serverstransport_3 properties: apiVersion: description: |- diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsoptions.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsoptions.yaml index 19ae64ec2f9..932f958114c 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsoptions.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsoptions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: tlsoptions.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ spec: openAPIV3Schema: description: |- TLSOption is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TLS Option, allowing to configure some parameters of the TLS connection. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#tls-options + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/tls/#tls-options properties: apiVersion: description: |- @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ spec: alpnProtocols: description: |- ALPNProtocols defines the list of supported application level protocols for the TLS handshake, in order of preference. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#alpn-protocols + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/tls/#alpn-protocols items: type: string type: array cipherSuites: description: |- CipherSuites defines the list of supported cipher suites for TLS versions up to TLS 1.2. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#cipher-suites + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/tls/#cipher-suites items: type: string type: array @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ spec: curvePreferences: description: |- CurvePreferences defines the preferred elliptic curves in a specific order. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#curve-preferences + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/tls/#curve-preferences items: type: string type: array diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsstores.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsstores.yaml index 18d4218231c..37afedc024d 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsstores.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_tlsstores.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: tlsstores.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ spec: TLSStore is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TLS Store. For the time being, only the TLSStore named default is supported. This means that you cannot have two stores that are named default in different Kubernetes namespaces. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/https/tls/#certificates-stores + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/https/tls/#certificates-stores properties: apiVersion: description: |- diff --git a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_traefikservices.yaml b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_traefikservices.yaml index f6a460a44b6..1e1b279d51a 100644 --- a/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_traefikservices.yaml +++ b/charts/system/traefik-crds/templates/crds/traefik.io_traefikservices.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 name: traefikservices.traefik.io spec: group: traefik.io @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ spec: TraefikService object allows to: - Apply weight to Services on load-balancing - Mirror traffic on services - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-traefikservice + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-traefikservice properties: apiVersion: description: |- @@ -47,6 +47,67 @@ spec: mirroring: description: Mirroring defines the Mirroring service configuration. properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent to + the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname in the + Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the health + check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the health + check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status code + of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object kind: description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. enum: @@ -66,6 +127,67 @@ spec: items: description: MirrorService holds the mirror configuration. properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent + to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname + in the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the + health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status + code of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object kind: description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. enum: @@ -88,6 +210,13 @@ spec: The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. By default, NativeLB is false. type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean passHostHeader: description: |- PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. @@ -134,7 +263,7 @@ spec: sticky: description: |- Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#sticky-sessions properties: cookie: description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. @@ -143,6 +272,12 @@ spec: description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer name: description: Name defines the Cookie name. type: string @@ -188,6 +323,13 @@ spec: The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. By default, NativeLB is false. type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean passHostHeader: description: |- PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. @@ -228,7 +370,7 @@ spec: sticky: description: |- Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#sticky-sessions properties: cookie: description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. @@ -237,6 +379,12 @@ spec: description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer name: description: Name defines the Cookie name. type: string @@ -274,6 +422,67 @@ spec: description: Service defines an upstream HTTP service to proxy traffic to. properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent + to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname + in the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the + health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status + code of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object kind: description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. enum: @@ -296,6 +505,13 @@ spec: The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. By default, NativeLB is false. type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean passHostHeader: description: |- PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. @@ -337,7 +553,7 @@ spec: sticky: description: |- Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/services/#sticky-sessions properties: cookie: description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. @@ -346,6 +562,12 @@ spec: description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer name: description: Name defines the Cookie name. type: string @@ -378,7 +600,7 @@ spec: sticky: description: |- Sticky defines whether sticky sessions are enabled. - More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v2.11/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#stickiness-and-load-balancing + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.1/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#stickiness-and-load-balancing properties: cookie: description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. @@ -387,6 +609,12 @@ spec: description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge indicates the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer name: description: Name defines the Cookie name. type: string